NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* linux/fs/nfs/super.c
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 1992 Rick Sladkey
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* nfs superblock handling functions
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-10-27 23:19:48 +08:00
|
|
|
* Modularised by Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>, while hacking some
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
* experimental NFS changes. Modularisation taken straight from SYS5 fs.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Change to nfs_read_super() to permit NFS mounts to multi-homed hosts.
|
|
|
|
|
* J.S.Peatfield@damtp.cam.ac.uk
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Split from inode.c by David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* - superblocks are indexed on server only - all inodes, dentries, etc. associated with a
|
|
|
|
|
* particular server are held in the same superblock
|
|
|
|
|
* - NFS superblocks can have several effective roots to the dentry tree
|
|
|
|
|
* - directory type roots are spliced into the tree when a path from one root reaches the root
|
|
|
|
|
* of another (see nfs_lookup())
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/module.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/init.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/time.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/kernel.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/mm.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/string.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/stat.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/errno.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/unistd.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/clnt.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/stats.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/metrics.h>
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtsock.h>
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtrdma.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_fs.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_mount.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs4_mount.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/lockd/bind.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/smp_lock.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/seq_file.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/mount.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_idmap.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/vfs.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/inet.h>
|
2007-12-11 03:57:38 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/in6.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <net/ipv6.h>
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/nfs_xdr.h>
|
2007-02-12 16:53:40 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/magic.h>
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/parser.h>
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <asm/system.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "nfs4_fs.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "callback.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "delegation.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "iostat.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "internal.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define NFSDBG_FACILITY NFSDBG_VFS
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mount options that take no arguments */
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_soft, Opt_hard,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_posix, Opt_noposix,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_cto, Opt_nocto,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_ac, Opt_noac,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_lock, Opt_nolock,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_v2, Opt_v3,
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_udp, Opt_tcp, Opt_rdma,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_acl, Opt_noacl,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_rdirplus, Opt_nordirplus,
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_sharecache, Opt_nosharecache,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mount options that take integer arguments */
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_port,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_rsize, Opt_wsize, Opt_bsize,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_timeo, Opt_retrans,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_acregmin, Opt_acregmax,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_acdirmin, Opt_acdirmax,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_actimeo,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_namelen,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_mountport,
|
2007-10-27 01:32:29 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_mountvers,
|
2007-10-27 01:32:24 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_nfsvers,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mount options that take string arguments */
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_sec, Opt_proto, Opt_mountproto, Opt_mounthost,
|
2007-09-12 06:01:04 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_addr, Opt_mountaddr, Opt_clientaddr,
|
2008-07-16 05:58:14 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Special mount options */
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_userspace, Opt_deprecated, Opt_sloppy,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_err
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 17:46:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static const match_table_t nfs_mount_option_tokens = {
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_userspace, "bg" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_userspace, "fg" },
|
2008-06-13 00:37:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_userspace, "retry=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sloppy, "sloppy" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_soft, "soft" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_hard, "hard" },
|
2008-06-13 00:37:41 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_deprecated, "intr" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_deprecated, "nointr" },
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_posix, "posix" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noposix, "noposix" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_cto, "cto" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nocto, "nocto" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_ac, "ac" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noac, "noac" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lock, "lock" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nolock, "nolock" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_v2, "v2" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_v3, "v3" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_udp, "udp" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_tcp, "tcp" },
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_rdma, "rdma" },
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_acl, "acl" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_noacl, "noacl" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_rdirplus, "rdirplus" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nordirplus, "nordirplus" },
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sharecache, "sharecache" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nosharecache, "nosharecache" },
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_port, "port=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_rsize, "rsize=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_wsize, "wsize=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_bsize, "bsize=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_timeo, "timeo=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_retrans, "retrans=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acregmin, "acregmin=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acregmax, "acregmax=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acdirmin, "acdirmin=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_acdirmax, "acdirmax=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_actimeo, "actimeo=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_namelen, "namlen=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountport, "mountport=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountvers, "mountvers=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nfsvers, "nfsvers=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_nfsvers, "vers=%u" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec, "sec=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_proto, "proto=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountproto, "mountproto=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_addr, "addr=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_clientaddr, "clientaddr=%s" },
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_mounthost, "mounthost=%s" },
|
2007-09-12 06:01:04 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_mountaddr, "mountaddr=%s" },
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-16 05:58:14 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache, "lookupcache=%s" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
Opt_xprt_udp, Opt_xprt_tcp, Opt_xprt_rdma,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_xprt_err
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 17:46:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static const match_table_t nfs_xprt_protocol_tokens = {
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_udp, "udp" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_tcp, "tcp" },
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_rdma, "rdma" },
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_xprt_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_none, Opt_sec_sys,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_krb5, Opt_sec_krb5i, Opt_sec_krb5p,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_lkey, Opt_sec_lkeyi, Opt_sec_lkeyp,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_spkm, Opt_sec_spkmi, Opt_sec_spkmp,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_sec_err
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 17:46:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static const match_table_t nfs_secflavor_tokens = {
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_none, "none" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_none, "null" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_sys, "sys" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_krb5, "krb5" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_krb5i, "krb5i" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_krb5p, "krb5p" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_lkey, "lkey" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_lkeyi, "lkeyi" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_lkeyp, "lkeyp" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-14 05:47:06 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_spkm, "spkm3" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_spkmi, "spkm3i" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_spkmp, "spkm3p" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
{ Opt_sec_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-16 05:58:14 +08:00
|
|
|
enum {
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache_all, Opt_lookupcache_positive,
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache_none,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opt_lookupcache_err
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static match_table_t nfs_lookupcache_tokens = {
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_all, "all" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_positive, "pos" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_positive, "positive" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_none, "none" },
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{ Opt_lookupcache_err, NULL }
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-04-24 19:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_umount_begin(struct super_block *);
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_statfs(struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_options(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *);
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_stats(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *);
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_get_sb(struct file_system_type *, int, const char *, void *, struct vfsmount *);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_xdev_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_kill_super(struct super_block *);
|
2008-06-11 03:38:39 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_remount(struct super_block *sb, int *flags, char *raw_data);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct file_system_type nfs_fs_type = {
|
|
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs",
|
|
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs_get_sb,
|
|
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs_kill_super,
|
2006-09-09 05:22:21 +08:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct file_system_type nfs_xdev_fs_type = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs",
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs_xdev_get_sb,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs_kill_super,
|
2006-09-09 05:22:21 +08:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 16:55:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct super_operations nfs_sops = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.alloc_inode = nfs_alloc_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.destroy_inode = nfs_destroy_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.write_inode = nfs_write_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.statfs = nfs_statfs,
|
|
|
|
|
.clear_inode = nfs_clear_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.umount_begin = nfs_umount_begin,
|
|
|
|
|
.show_options = nfs_show_options,
|
|
|
|
|
.show_stats = nfs_show_stats,
|
2008-06-11 03:38:39 +08:00
|
|
|
.remount_fs = nfs_remount,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_xdev_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_referral_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_kill_super(struct super_block *sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct file_system_type nfs4_fs_type = {
|
|
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
|
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs4_get_sb,
|
|
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
2006-09-09 05:22:21 +08:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct file_system_type nfs4_xdev_fs_type = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs4_xdev_get_sb,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
2006-09-09 05:22:21 +08:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct file_system_type nfs4_referral_fs_type = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
|
|
|
|
|
.name = "nfs4",
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_sb = nfs4_referral_get_sb,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.kill_sb = nfs4_kill_super,
|
2006-09-09 05:22:21 +08:00
|
|
|
.fs_flags = FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE|FS_REVAL_DOT|FS_BINARY_MOUNTDATA,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-12 16:55:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct super_operations nfs4_sops = {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
.alloc_inode = nfs_alloc_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.destroy_inode = nfs_destroy_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.write_inode = nfs_write_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.statfs = nfs_statfs,
|
|
|
|
|
.clear_inode = nfs4_clear_inode,
|
|
|
|
|
.umount_begin = nfs_umount_begin,
|
|
|
|
|
.show_options = nfs_show_options,
|
|
|
|
|
.show_stats = nfs_show_stats,
|
2008-06-11 03:38:39 +08:00
|
|
|
.remount_fs = nfs_remount,
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-17 19:03:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct shrinker acl_shrinker = {
|
|
|
|
|
.shrink = nfs_access_cache_shrinker,
|
|
|
|
|
.seeks = DEFAULT_SEEKS,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2006-07-25 23:28:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Register the NFS filesystems
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int __init register_nfs_fs(void)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = register_filesystem(&nfs_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = nfs_register_sysctl();
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_1;
|
2007-03-17 05:38:26 +08:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = register_filesystem(&nfs4_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_2;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-07-17 19:03:17 +08:00
|
|
|
register_shrinker(&acl_shrinker);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
|
error_2:
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_unregister_sysctl();
|
2007-03-17 05:38:26 +08:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
error_1:
|
|
|
|
|
unregister_filesystem(&nfs_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
|
error_0:
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Unregister the NFS filesystems
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
void __exit unregister_nfs_fs(void)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-07-17 19:03:17 +08:00
|
|
|
unregister_shrinker(&acl_shrinker);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
|
unregister_filesystem(&nfs4_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-09-19 13:46:40 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_unregister_sysctl();
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
unregister_filesystem(&nfs_fs_type);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-28 06:19:01 +08:00
|
|
|
void nfs_sb_active(struct super_block *sb)
|
2007-11-08 17:05:04 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-07-28 06:19:01 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2007-11-08 17:05:04 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-07-28 06:19:01 +08:00
|
|
|
if (atomic_inc_return(&server->active) == 1)
|
|
|
|
|
atomic_inc(&sb->s_active);
|
2007-11-08 17:05:04 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-28 06:19:01 +08:00
|
|
|
void nfs_sb_deactive(struct super_block *sb)
|
2007-11-08 17:05:04 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2008-07-28 06:19:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&server->active))
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(sb);
|
2007-11-08 17:05:04 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Deliver file system statistics to userspace
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_statfs(struct dentry *dentry, struct kstatfs *buf)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2006-08-23 08:06:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(dentry->d_sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned char blockbits;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long blockres;
|
2006-08-23 08:06:10 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *fh = NFS_FH(dentry->d_inode);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fattr fattr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fsstat res = {
|
|
|
|
|
.fattr = &fattr,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
error = server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->statfs(server, fh, &res);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err;
|
2007-04-10 13:05:26 +08:00
|
|
|
buf->f_type = NFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Current versions of glibc do not correctly handle the
|
|
|
|
|
* case where f_frsize != f_bsize. Eventually we want to
|
|
|
|
|
* report the value of wtmult in this field.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-08-23 08:06:10 +08:00
|
|
|
buf->f_frsize = dentry->d_sb->s_blocksize;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* On most *nix systems, f_blocks, f_bfree, and f_bavail
|
|
|
|
|
* are reported in units of f_frsize. Linux hasn't had
|
|
|
|
|
* an f_frsize field in its statfs struct until recently,
|
|
|
|
|
* thus historically Linux's sys_statfs reports these
|
|
|
|
|
* fields in units of f_bsize.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-08-23 08:06:10 +08:00
|
|
|
buf->f_bsize = dentry->d_sb->s_blocksize;
|
|
|
|
|
blockbits = dentry->d_sb->s_blocksize_bits;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
blockres = (1 << blockbits) - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_blocks = (res.tbytes + blockres) >> blockbits;
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_bfree = (res.fbytes + blockres) >> blockbits;
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_bavail = (res.abytes + blockres) >> blockbits;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_files = res.tfiles;
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_ffree = res.afiles;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
buf->f_namelen = server->namelen;
|
2007-04-10 13:05:26 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_err:
|
2008-05-03 04:42:44 +08:00
|
|
|
dprintk("%s: statfs error = %d\n", __func__, -error);
|
2007-04-10 13:05:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-23 08:06:07 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Map the security flavour number to a name
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-06-09 21:34:34 +08:00
|
|
|
static const char *nfs_pseudoflavour_to_name(rpc_authflavor_t flavour)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2006-08-23 08:06:07 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct {
|
2006-06-09 21:34:34 +08:00
|
|
|
rpc_authflavor_t flavour;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *str;
|
|
|
|
|
} sec_flavours[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_NULL, "null" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_UNIX, "sys" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5, "krb5" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5I, "krb5i" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5P, "krb5p" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEY, "lkey" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYI, "lkeyi" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYP, "lkeyp" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKM, "spkm" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMI, "spkmi" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMP, "spkmp" },
|
2007-07-02 00:12:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{ UINT_MAX, "unknown" }
|
2006-06-09 21:34:34 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:40 +08:00
|
|
|
for (i = 0; sec_flavours[i].flavour != UINT_MAX; i++) {
|
2006-06-09 21:34:34 +08:00
|
|
|
if (sec_flavours[i].flavour == flavour)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return sec_flavours[i].str;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_mountd_options(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *)&nfss->mountd_address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (sap->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap;
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountaddr=" NIPQUAD_FMT,
|
|
|
|
|
NIPQUAD(sin->sin_addr.s_addr));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap;
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountaddr=" NIP6_FMT,
|
|
|
|
|
NIP6(sin6->sin6_addr));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
if (showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountaddr=unspecified");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->mountd_version || showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountvers=%u", nfss->mountd_version);
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->mountd_port || showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountport=%u", nfss->mountd_port);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (nfss->mountd_protocol) {
|
|
|
|
|
case IPPROTO_UDP:
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountproto=udp");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case IPPROTO_TCP:
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountproto=tcp");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
if (showdefaults)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",mountproto=auto");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Describe the mount options in force on this server representation
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_show_mount_options(struct seq_file *m, struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
|
int showdefaults)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2006-08-23 08:06:11 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct proc_nfs_info {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
int flag;
|
2006-08-23 08:06:11 +08:00
|
|
|
const char *str;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *nostr;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} nfs_info[] = {
|
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_SOFT, ",soft", ",hard" },
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_INTR, ",intr", ",nointr" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_POSIX, ",posix", "" },
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO, ",nocto", "" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NOAC, ",noac", "" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NONLM, ",nolock", "" },
|
|
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NOACL, ",noacl", "" },
|
2007-04-15 05:01:15 +08:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS, ",nordirplus", "" },
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
{ NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED, ",nosharecache", ""},
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{ 0, NULL, NULL }
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2006-08-23 08:06:11 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct proc_nfs_info *nfs_infop;
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_client *clp = nfss->nfs_client;
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
u32 version = clp->rpc_ops->version;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",vers=%u", version);
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",rsize=%u", nfss->rsize);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",wsize=%u", nfss->wsize);
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->bsize != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",bsize=%u", nfss->bsize);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",namlen=%u", nfss->namelen);
|
2008-06-27 05:47:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acregmin != NFS_DEF_ACREGMIN*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acregmin=%u", nfss->acregmin/HZ);
|
2008-06-27 05:47:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acregmax != NFS_DEF_ACREGMAX*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acregmax=%u", nfss->acregmax/HZ);
|
2008-06-27 05:47:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acdirmin != NFS_DEF_ACDIRMIN*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acdirmin=%u", nfss->acdirmin/HZ);
|
2008-06-27 05:47:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->acdirmax != NFS_DEF_ACDIRMAX*HZ || showdefaults)
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acdirmax=%u", nfss->acdirmax/HZ);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
for (nfs_infop = nfs_info; nfs_infop->flag; nfs_infop++) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->flags & nfs_infop->flag)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, nfs_infop->str);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, nfs_infop->nostr);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-09-11 01:48:47 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",proto=%s",
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(nfss->client, RPC_DISPLAY_PROTO));
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
if (version == 4) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->port != NFS_PORT)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",port=%u", nfss->port);
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfss->port)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",port=%u", nfss->port);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-21 05:03:59 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",timeo=%lu", 10U * nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_initval / HZ);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",retrans=%u", nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_retries);
|
2006-06-09 21:34:34 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",sec=%s", nfs_pseudoflavour_to_name(nfss->client->cl_auth->au_flavor));
|
2008-03-15 02:10:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (version != 4)
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_mountd_options(m, nfss, showdefaults);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
|
if (clp->rpc_ops->version == 4)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",clientaddr=%s", clp->cl_ipaddr);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Describe the mount options on this VFS mountpoint
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_options(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfss = NFS_SB(mnt->mnt_sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_mount_options(m, nfss, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 03:57:16 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",addr=%s",
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_peeraddr2str(nfss->nfs_client->cl_rpcclient,
|
|
|
|
|
RPC_DISPLAY_ADDR));
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Present statistical information for this VFS mountpoint
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_show_stats(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i, cpu;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfss = NFS_SB(mnt->mnt_sb);
|
|
|
|
|
struct rpc_auth *auth = nfss->client->cl_auth;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_iostats totals = { };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "statvers=%s", NFS_IOSTAT_VERS);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Display all mount option settings
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\topts:\t");
|
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_RDONLY ? "ro" : "rw");
|
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_SYNCHRONOUS ? ",sync" : "");
|
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_NOATIME ? ",noatime" : "");
|
|
|
|
|
seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_NODIRATIME ? ",nodiratime" : "");
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_show_mount_options(m, nfss, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tage:\t%lu", (jiffies - nfss->mount_time) / HZ);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tcaps:\t");
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "caps=0x%x", nfss->caps);
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",wtmult=%u", nfss->wtmult);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",dtsize=%u", nfss->dtsize);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",bsize=%u", nfss->bsize);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",namlen=%u", nfss->namelen);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
2007-12-15 03:56:07 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfss->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version == 4) {
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tnfsv4:\t");
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "bm0=0x%x", nfss->attr_bitmask[0]);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",bm1=0x%x", nfss->attr_bitmask[1]);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",acl=0x%x", nfss->acl_bitmask);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Display security flavor in effect for this mount
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tsec:\tflavor=%u", auth->au_ops->au_flavor);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (auth->au_flavor)
|
2008-03-15 02:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, ",pseudoflavor=%u", auth->au_flavor);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Display superblock I/O counters
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_iostats *stats;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preempt_disable();
|
|
|
|
|
stats = per_cpu_ptr(nfss->io_stats, cpu);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_COUNTSMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
totals.events[i] += stats->events[i];
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_BYTESMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
totals.bytes[i] += stats->bytes[i];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preempt_enable();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tevents:\t");
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_COUNTSMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "%lu ", totals.events[i]);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n\tbytes:\t");
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < __NFSIOS_BYTESMAX; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "%Lu ", totals.bytes[i]);
|
|
|
|
|
seq_printf(m, "\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_print_iostats(m, nfss->client);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Begin unmount by attempting to remove all automounted mountpoints we added
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* in response to xdev traversals and referrals
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-04-24 19:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_umount_begin(struct super_block *sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-04-24 19:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2007-06-06 07:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
struct rpc_clnt *rpc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* -EIO all pending I/O */
|
|
|
|
|
rpc = server->client_acl;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(rpc))
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_killall_tasks(rpc);
|
|
|
|
|
rpc = server->client;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IS_ERR(rpc))
|
|
|
|
|
rpc_killall_tasks(rpc);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:46 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-12-11 03:57:45 +08:00
|
|
|
* Sanity-check a server address provided by the mount command.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Address family must be initialized, and address must not be
|
|
|
|
|
* the ANY address for that family.
|
2007-07-02 00:12:46 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_verify_server_address(struct sockaddr *addr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (addr->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET: {
|
2007-12-11 03:57:45 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sa = (struct sockaddr_in *)addr;
|
2008-03-18 13:44:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return sa->sin_addr.s_addr != htonl(INADDR_ANY);
|
2007-12-11 03:57:45 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct in6_addr *sa = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr)->sin6_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
return !ipv6_addr_any(sa);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:46 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_parse_ipv4_address(char *string, size_t str_len,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap, size_t *addr_len)
|
2007-12-11 03:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap;
|
|
|
|
|
u8 *addr = (u8 *)&sin->sin_addr.s_addr;
|
2007-12-11 03:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (str_len <= INET_ADDRSTRLEN) {
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing IPv4 address %*s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(int)str_len, string);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin->sin_family = AF_INET;
|
|
|
|
|
*addr_len = sizeof(*sin);
|
|
|
|
|
if (in4_pton(string, str_len, addr, '\0', NULL))
|
2007-12-11 03:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sap->sa_family = AF_UNSPEC;
|
|
|
|
|
*addr_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_ipv6_scope_id(const char *string, const size_t str_len,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *delim,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6)
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if ((string + str_len) == delim)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
if (*delim != IPV6_SCOPE_DELIMITER)
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(ipv6_addr_type(&sin6->sin6_addr) & IPV6_ADDR_LINKLOCAL))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = (string + str_len) - delim - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
p = kstrndup(delim + 1, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (p) {
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long scope_id = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev = dev_get_by_name(&init_net, p);
|
|
|
|
|
if (dev != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
scope_id = dev->ifindex;
|
|
|
|
|
dev_put(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (strict_strtoul(p, 10, &scope_id) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(p);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(p);
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
sin6->sin6_scope_id = scope_id;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: IPv6 scope ID = %lu\n", scope_id);
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_parse_ipv6_address(char *string, size_t str_len,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap, size_t *addr_len)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap;
|
|
|
|
|
u8 *addr = (u8 *)&sin6->sin6_addr.in6_u;
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
const char *delim;
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (str_len <= INET6_ADDRSTRLEN) {
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing IPv6 address %*s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
(int)str_len, string);
|
2007-12-11 03:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
sin6->sin6_family = AF_INET6;
|
|
|
|
|
*addr_len = sizeof(*sin6);
|
2008-10-09 03:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (in6_pton(string, str_len, addr,
|
|
|
|
|
IPV6_SCOPE_DELIMITER, &delim) != 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfs_parse_ipv6_scope_id(string, str_len,
|
|
|
|
|
delim, sin6) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2008-06-24 00:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-12-11 03:59:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-12-11 03:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sap->sa_family = AF_UNSPEC;
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
*addr_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_parse_ipv6_address(char *string, size_t str_len,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap, size_t *addr_len)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sap->sa_family = AF_UNSPEC;
|
|
|
|
|
*addr_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Construct a sockaddr based on the contents of a string that contains
|
|
|
|
|
* an IP address in presentation format.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* If there is a problem constructing the new sockaddr, set the address
|
|
|
|
|
* family to AF_UNSPEC.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-08-21 04:10:23 +08:00
|
|
|
void nfs_parse_ip_address(char *string, size_t str_len,
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap, size_t *addr_len)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int i, colons;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
colons = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < str_len; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (string[i] == ':')
|
|
|
|
|
colons++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (colons >= 2)
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_ipv6_address(string, str_len, sap, addr_len);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_ipv4_address(string, str_len, sap, addr_len);
|
2007-12-11 03:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-03 02:43:47 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Sanity check the NFS transport protocol.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_validate_transport_protocol(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (mnt->nfs_server.protocol) {
|
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
|
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP:
|
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* For text based NFSv2/v3 mounts, the mount protocol transport default
|
|
|
|
|
* settings should depend upon the specified NFS transport.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs_set_mount_transport_protocol(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_validate_transport_protocol(mnt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mnt->mount_server.protocol == XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP ||
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol == XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
switch (mnt->nfs_server.protocol) {
|
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP:
|
|
|
|
|
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-25 04:33:38 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Parse the value of the 'sec=' option.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
2008-06-25 04:33:46 +08:00
|
|
|
* The flavor_len setting is for v4 mounts.
|
2008-06-25 04:33:38 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_security_flavors(char *value,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
substring_t args[MAX_OPT_ARGS];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing sec=%s option\n", value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (match_token(value, nfs_secflavor_tokens, args)) {
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_none:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_sys:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_UNIX;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_krb5:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_krb5i:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5I;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_krb5p:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_KRB5P;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_lkey:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEY;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_lkeyi:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYI;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_lkeyp:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_LKEYP;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_spkm:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKM;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_spkmi:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMI;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sec_spkmp:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavor_len = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_GSS_SPKMP;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_parse_invalid_value(const char *option)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: bad value specified for %s option\n", option);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Error-check and convert a string of mount options from user space into
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
* a data structure. The whole mount string is processed; bad options are
|
|
|
|
|
* skipped as they are encountered. If there were no errors, return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
* otherwise return 0 (zero).
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_mount_options(char *raw,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *mnt)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
char *p, *string, *secdata;
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
int rc, sloppy = 0, errors = 0;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!raw) {
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: mount options string was NULL.\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: nfs mount opts='%s'\n", raw);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
secdata = alloc_secdata();
|
|
|
|
|
if (!secdata)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rc = security_sb_copy_data(raw, secdata);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rc)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_security_failure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rc = security_sb_parse_opts_str(secdata, &mnt->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rc)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_security_failure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free_secdata(secdata);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
while ((p = strsep(&raw, ",")) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
substring_t args[MAX_OPT_ARGS];
|
|
|
|
|
int option, token;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!*p)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing nfs mount option '%s'\n", p);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(p, nfs_mount_option_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* boolean options: foo/nofoo
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_soft:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_SOFT;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_hard:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_SOFT;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_posix:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_POSIX;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noposix:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_POSIX;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_cto:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nocto:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NOCTO;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_ac:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOAC;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noac:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NOAC;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lock:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NONLM;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nolock:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NONLM;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_v2:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_v3:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_udp:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_tcp:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_rdma:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP; /* for side protocols */
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_acl:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NOACL;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_noacl:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NOACL;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_rdirplus:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nordirplus:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_sharecache:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nosharecache:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* options that take numeric values
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_port:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) ||
|
|
|
|
|
option < 0 || option > USHORT_MAX) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("port");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.port = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_rsize:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("rsize");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->rsize = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_wsize:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("wsize");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->wsize = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_bsize:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("bsize");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->bsize = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_timeo:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option <= 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("timeo");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->timeo = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_retrans:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option <= 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("retrans");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->retrans = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acregmin:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("acregmin");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->acregmin = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acregmax:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("acregmax");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->acregmax = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acdirmin:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("acdirmin");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->acdirmin = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_acdirmax:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("acdirmax");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->acdirmax = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_actimeo:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("actimeo");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->acregmin = mnt->acregmax =
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->acdirmin = mnt->acdirmax = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_namelen:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) || option < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("namlen");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->namlen = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_mountport:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) ||
|
|
|
|
|
option < 0 || option > USHORT_MAX) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("mountport");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.port = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_mountvers:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option) ||
|
|
|
|
|
option < NFS_MNT_VERSION ||
|
|
|
|
|
option > NFS_MNT3_VERSION) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("mountvers");
|
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.version = option;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_nfsvers:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (match_int(args, &option)) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("nfsvers");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (option) {
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
case NFS2_VERSION:
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
case NFS3_VERSION:
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_VER3;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_parse_invalid_value("nfsvers");
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* options that take text values
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_sec:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-06-25 04:33:38 +08:00
|
|
|
rc = nfs_parse_security_flavors(string, mnt);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!rc) {
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized "
|
|
|
|
|
"security flavor\n");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_proto:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string,
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_xprt_protocol_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
2007-08-30 05:58:57 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_udp:
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-08-30 05:58:57 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_tcp:
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_rdma:
|
|
|
|
|
/* vector side protocols to TCP */
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_TCP;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized "
|
|
|
|
|
"transport protocol\n");
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_mountproto:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string,
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_xprt_protocol_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
2007-08-30 05:58:57 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_udp:
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-08-30 05:58:57 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_tcp:
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-11 01:49:41 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_xprt_rdma: /* not used for side protocols */
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized "
|
|
|
|
|
"transport protocol\n");
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_addr:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_parse_ip_address(string, strlen(string),
|
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
|
&mnt->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
|
&mnt->nfs_server.addrlen);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_clientaddr:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-01-17 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->client_address);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->client_address = string;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_mounthost:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-01-17 05:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(mnt->mount_server.hostname);
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->mount_server.hostname = string;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-09-12 06:01:04 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_mountaddr:
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-06-24 00:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_parse_ip_address(string, strlen(string),
|
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
|
&mnt->mount_server.address,
|
|
|
|
|
&mnt->mount_server.addrlen);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2008-07-16 05:58:14 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache:
|
|
|
|
|
string = match_strdup(args);
|
|
|
|
|
if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
token = match_token(string,
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_lookupcache_tokens, args);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(string);
|
|
|
|
|
switch (token) {
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache_all:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~(NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG|NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache_positive:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags &= ~NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_lookupcache_none:
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->flags |= NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONEG|NFS_MOUNT_LOOKUP_CACHE_NONE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: invalid "
|
|
|
|
|
"lookupcache argument\n");
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Special options
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_sloppy:
|
|
|
|
|
sloppy = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: relaxing parsing rules\n");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case Opt_userspace:
|
|
|
|
|
case Opt_deprecated:
|
2008-06-13 00:37:41 +08:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: ignoring mount option "
|
|
|
|
|
"'%s'\n", p);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
NFS: Allow either strict or sloppy mount option parsing
The kernel's NFS client mount option parser currently doesn't allow
unrecognized or incorrect mount options. This prevents misspellings or
incorrectly specified mount options from possibly causing silent data
corruption.
However, NFS mount options are not standardized, so different operating
systems can use differently spelled mount options to support similar
features, or can support mount options which no other operating system
supports.
"Sloppy" mount option parsing, which allows the parser to ignore any
option it doesn't recognize, is needed to support automounters that often
use maps that are shared between heterogenous operating systems.
The legacy mount command ignores the validity of the values of mount
options entirely, except for the "sec=" and "proto=" options. If an
incorrect value is specified, the out-of-range value is passed to the
kernel; if a value is specified that contains non-numeric characters,
it appears as though the legacy mount command sets that option to zero
(probably incorrect behavior in general).
In any case, this sets a precedent which we will partially follow for
the kernel mount option parser:
+ if "sloppy" is not set, the parser will be strict about both
unrecognized options (same as legacy) and invalid option
values (stricter than legacy)
+ if "sloppy" is set, the parser will ignore unrecognized
options and invalid option values (same as legacy)
An "invalid" option value in this case means that either the type
(integer, short, or string) or sign (for integer values) of the specified
value is incorrect.
This patch does two things: it changes the NFS client's mount option
parsing loop so that it parses the whole string instead of failing at
the first unrecognized option or invalid option value. An unrecognized
option or an invalid option value cause the option to be skipped.
Then, the patch adds a "sloppy" mount option that allows the parsing
to succeed anyway if there were any problems during parsing. When
parsing a set of options is complete, if there are errors and "sloppy"
was specified, return success anyway. Otherwise, only return success
if there are no errors.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-06-25 07:28:02 +08:00
|
|
|
errors++;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unrecognized mount option "
|
|
|
|
|
"'%s'\n", p);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-08 23:58:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (errors > 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: parsing encountered %d error%s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
errors, (errors == 1 ? "" : "s"));
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sloppy)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: not enough memory to parse option\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
out_security_failure:
|
|
|
|
|
free_secdata(secdata);
|
|
|
|
|
printk(KERN_INFO "NFS: security options invalid: %d\n", rc);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Use the remote server's MOUNT service to request the NFS file handle
|
|
|
|
|
* corresponding to the provided path.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_try_mount(struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *root_fh)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap = (struct sockaddr *)&args->mount_server.address;
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
char *hostname;
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
int status;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.version == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (args->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3)
|
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.version = NFS_MNT3_VERSION;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.version = NFS_MNT_VERSION;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.hostname)
|
|
|
|
|
hostname = args->mount_server.hostname;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
hostname = args->nfs_server.hostname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Construct the mount server's address.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (args->mount_server.address.ss_family == AF_UNSPEC) {
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(sap, &args->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.addrlen);
|
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.addrlen = args->nfs_server.addrlen;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-25 05:32:49 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* autobind will be used if mount_server.port == 0
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_port(sap, args->mount_server.port);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Now ask the mount server to map our export path
|
|
|
|
|
* to a file handle.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
status = nfs_mount(sap,
|
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.addrlen,
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
hostname,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.export_path,
|
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.version,
|
|
|
|
|
args->mount_server.protocol,
|
|
|
|
|
root_fh);
|
2007-09-12 06:00:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (status == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-13 00:37:49 +08:00
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: unable to mount server %s, error %d\n",
|
2007-12-11 03:59:13 +08:00
|
|
|
hostname, status);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:49 +08:00
|
|
|
return status;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_simple_hostname(const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
char **hostname, size_t maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
|
char **export_path, size_t maxpathlen)
|
2008-06-24 00:36:37 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
|
char *colon, *comma;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
colon = strchr(dev_name, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
if (colon == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = colon - dev_name;
|
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxnamlen)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_hostname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* N.B. caller will free nfs_server.hostname in all cases */
|
|
|
|
|
*hostname = kstrndup(dev_name, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!*hostname)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* kill possible hostname list: not supported */
|
|
|
|
|
comma = strchr(*hostname, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
if (comma != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (comma == *hostname)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
|
*comma = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
colon++;
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen(colon);
|
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_path;
|
|
|
|
|
*export_path = kstrndup(colon, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!*export_path)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: MNTPATH: '%s'\n", *export_path);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_bad_devname:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: device name not in host:path format\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: not enough memory to parse device name\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_hostname:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: server hostname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_path:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: export pathname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:45 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Hostname has square brackets around it because it contains one or
|
|
|
|
|
* more colons. We look for the first closing square bracket, and a
|
|
|
|
|
* colon must follow it.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_protected_hostname(const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
char **hostname, size_t maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
|
char **export_path, size_t maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
|
|
|
char *start, *end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start = (char *)(dev_name + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
end = strchr(start, ']');
|
|
|
|
|
if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
|
if (*(end + 1) != ':')
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_bad_devname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = end - start;
|
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxnamlen)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_hostname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* N.B. caller will free nfs_server.hostname in all cases */
|
|
|
|
|
*hostname = kstrndup(start, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*hostname == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
end += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
len = strlen(end);
|
|
|
|
|
if (len > maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_path;
|
|
|
|
|
*export_path = kstrndup(end, len, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!*export_path)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_bad_devname:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: device name not in host:path format\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: not enough memory to parse device name\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_hostname:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: server hostname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_path:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: export pathname too long\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENAMETOOLONG;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Split "dev_name" into "hostname:export_path".
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* The leftmost colon demarks the split between the server's hostname
|
|
|
|
|
* and the export path. If the hostname starts with a left square
|
|
|
|
|
* bracket, then it may contain colons.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* Note: caller frees hostname and export path, even on error.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_parse_devname(const char *dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
char **hostname, size_t maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
|
char **export_path, size_t maxpathlen)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (*dev_name == '[')
|
|
|
|
|
return nfs_parse_protected_hostname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
hostname, maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
|
export_path, maxpathlen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return nfs_parse_simple_hostname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
hostname, maxnamlen,
|
|
|
|
|
export_path, maxpathlen);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* Validate the NFS2/NFS3 mount data
|
|
|
|
|
* - fills in the mount root filehandle
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* For option strings, user space handles the following behaviors:
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* + DNS: mapping server host name to IP address ("addr=" option)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* + failure mode: how to behave if a mount request can't be handled
|
|
|
|
|
* immediately ("fg/bg" option)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* + retry: how often to retry a mount request ("retry=" option)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* + breaking back: trying proto=udp after proto=tcp, v2 after v3,
|
|
|
|
|
* mountproto=tcp after mountproto=udp, and so on
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_validate_mount_data(void *options,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_mount_data *data = (struct nfs_mount_data *)options;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_data;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
args->flags = (NFS_MOUNT_VER3 | NFS_MOUNT_TCP);
|
|
|
|
|
args->rsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
args->wsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
|
2008-06-27 05:47:12 +08:00
|
|
|
args->acregmin = NFS_DEF_ACREGMIN;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acregmax = NFS_DEF_ACREGMAX;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmin = NFS_DEF_ACDIRMIN;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmax = NFS_DEF_ACDIRMAX;
|
2008-03-15 02:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
args->mount_server.port = 0; /* autobind unless user sets port */
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.port = 0; /* autobind unless user sets port */
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP;
|
2008-06-25 04:33:46 +08:00
|
|
|
args->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_UNIX;
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (data->version) {
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
case 1:
|
|
|
|
|
data->namlen = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
case 2:
|
|
|
|
|
data->bsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
case 3:
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_v3;
|
|
|
|
|
data->root.size = NFS2_FHSIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(data->root.data, data->old_root.data, NFS2_FHSIZE);
|
|
|
|
|
case 4:
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_SECFLAVOUR)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_sec;
|
|
|
|
|
case 5:
|
|
|
|
|
memset(data->context, 0, sizeof(data->context));
|
|
|
|
|
case 6:
|
2008-06-20 03:21:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->root.size > NFS3_FHSIZE || data->root.size == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_invalid_fh;
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
mntfh->size = data->root.size;
|
2008-06-20 03:21:11 +08:00
|
|
|
} else
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
mntfh->size = NFS2_FHSIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(mntfh->data, data->root.data, mntfh->size);
|
|
|
|
|
if (mntfh->size < sizeof(mntfh->data))
|
|
|
|
|
memset(mntfh->data + mntfh->size, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof(mntfh->data) - mntfh->size);
|
2007-09-25 03:39:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Translate to nfs_parsed_mount_data, which nfs_fill_super
|
|
|
|
|
* can deal with.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-08-16 04:59:14 +08:00
|
|
|
args->flags = data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_FLAGMASK;
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
args->rsize = data->rsize;
|
|
|
|
|
args->wsize = data->wsize;
|
|
|
|
|
args->timeo = data->timeo;
|
|
|
|
|
args->retrans = data->retrans;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acregmin = data->acregmin;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acregmax = data->acregmax;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmin = data->acdirmin;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmax = data->acdirmax;
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(&args->nfs_server.address, &data->addr,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof(data->addr));
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.addrlen = sizeof(data->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address((struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.address))
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!(data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_TCP))
|
2007-09-11 01:48:23 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.protocol = XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP;
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
/* N.B. caller will free nfs_server.hostname in all cases */
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.hostname = kstrdup(data->hostname, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
args->namlen = data->namlen;
|
|
|
|
|
args->bsize = data->bsize;
|
2008-06-25 04:33:46 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_SECFLAVOUR)
|
|
|
|
|
args->auth_flavors[0] = data->pseudoflavor;
|
2008-04-18 00:42:09 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!args->nfs_server.hostname)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_nomem;
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* The legacy version 6 binary mount data from userspace has a
|
|
|
|
|
* field used only to transport selinux information into the
|
|
|
|
|
* the kernel. To continue to support that functionality we
|
|
|
|
|
* have a touch of selinux knowledge here in the NFS code. The
|
|
|
|
|
* userspace code converted context=blah to just blah so we are
|
|
|
|
|
* converting back to the full string selinux understands.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->context[0]){
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_SELINUX
|
|
|
|
|
int rc;
|
|
|
|
|
char *opts_str = kmalloc(sizeof(data->context) + 8, GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!opts_str)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy(opts_str, "context=");
|
|
|
|
|
data->context[NFS_MAX_CONTEXT_LEN] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
strcat(opts_str, &data->context[0]);
|
|
|
|
|
rc = security_sb_parse_opts_str(opts_str, &args->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(opts_str);
|
|
|
|
|
if (rc)
|
|
|
|
|
return rc;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
default: {
|
|
|
|
|
int status;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (nfs_parse_mount_options((char *)options, args) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-09-25 03:39:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address((struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.address))
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-27 05:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_port((struct sockaddr *)&args->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.port);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-03 02:43:47 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_mount_transport_protocol(args);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:37 +08:00
|
|
|
status = nfs_parse_devname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.hostname,
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE_SIZE,
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.export_path,
|
|
|
|
|
NFS_MAXPATHLEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!status)
|
|
|
|
|
status = nfs_try_mount(args, mntfh);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:37 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(args->nfs_server.export_path);
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.export_path = NULL;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (status)
|
2007-08-30 05:58:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return status;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (args->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3)
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_v3_not_compiled;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_NFS_V3 */
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
out_no_data:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: mount program didn't pass any mount data\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
out_no_v3:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: nfs_mount_data version %d does not support v3\n",
|
|
|
|
|
data->version);
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
out_no_sec:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: nfs_mount_data version supports only AUTH_SYS\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef CONFIG_NFS_V3
|
|
|
|
|
out_v3_not_compiled:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: NFSv3 is not compiled into kernel\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* !CONFIG_NFS_V3 */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-18 00:42:09 +08:00
|
|
|
out_nomem:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: not enough memory to handle mount options\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:12:56 +08:00
|
|
|
out_no_address:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: mount program didn't pass remote address\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_invalid_fh:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: invalid root filehandle\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-11 03:38:39 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_compare_remount_data(struct nfs_server *nfss,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->flags != nfss->flags ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->rsize != nfss->rsize ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->wsize != nfss->wsize ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->retrans != nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_retries ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavors[0] != nfss->client->cl_auth->au_flavor ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->acregmin != nfss->acregmin / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->acregmax != nfss->acregmax / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmin != nfss->acdirmin / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmax != nfss->acdirmax / HZ ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->timeo != (10U * nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_initval / HZ) ||
|
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen != nfss->nfs_client->cl_addrlen ||
|
|
|
|
|
memcmp(&data->nfs_server.address, &nfss->nfs_client->cl_addr,
|
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_remount(struct super_block *sb, int *flags, char *raw_data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *nfss = sb->s_fs_info;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_mount_data *options = (struct nfs_mount_data *)raw_data;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs4_mount_data *options4 = (struct nfs4_mount_data *)raw_data;
|
2008-06-18 04:12:00 +08:00
|
|
|
u32 nfsvers = nfss->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version;
|
2008-06-11 03:38:39 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Userspace mount programs that send binary options generally send
|
|
|
|
|
* them populated with default values. We have no way to know which
|
|
|
|
|
* ones were explicitly specified. Fall back to legacy behavior and
|
|
|
|
|
* just return success.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
nfs_remount oops when rebooting + possible fix
Jeff, Trond,
The commit
48b605f83c920d8daa50e43fc2c7f718e04c7bfa (NFS: implement option checking
when remounting NFS filesystems (resend))
generate an Oops on my platform when rebooting while its root FS on
an NFS share (NFSv3, TCP) :
Unmounting local filesystems...done.
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000
pgd = c3d00000
[00000000] *pgd=a3d72031, *pte=00000000, *ppte=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1]
Modules linked in: cpufreq_powersave cpufreq_ondemand cpufreq_userspace cpufreq_conservative ext3 jbd sd_mod pata_pcmcia libata scsi_mod pcmcia loop firmware_class pxafb cfbcopyarea cfbimgblt cfbfillrect pxa2xx_cs pxa2xx_core pcmcia_core snd_pxa2xx_ac97 snd_ac97_codec ac97_bus snd_pxa2xx_pcm snd_pcm_oss snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd isp116x_hcd soundcore rtc_sa1100 snd_page_alloc pxa25x_udc usbcore rtc_ds1307 rtc_core
CPU: 0 Not tainted (2.6.26-03414-g33af79d-dirty #15)
PC is at nfs_remount+0x40/0x264
LR is at do_remount_sb+0x158/0x194
pc : [<c00bbf54>] lr : [<c0076c40>] psr: 60000013
sp : c2dd1e70 ip : c2dd1e98 fp : c2dd1e94
r10: 00000040 r9 : c3d17000 r8 : c3c3fc40
r7 : 00000000 r6 : 00000000 r5 : c3d2b200 r4 : 00000000
r3 : 00000003 r2 : 00000000 r1 : c2dd1e9c r0 : c3c3fc00
Flags: nZCv IRQs on FIQs on Mode SVC_32 ISA ARM Segment user
Control: 0000397f Table: a3d00000 DAC: 00000015
Process mount (pid: 1462, stack limit = 0xc2dd0270)
Stack: (0xc2dd1e70 to 0xc2dd2000)
1e60: 00000000 c3c3fc00 00000000 00000000
1e80: c3c3fc40 c3d17000 c2dd1ebc c2dd1e98 c0076c40 c00bbf20 c01c61e4 00000001
1ea0: c2dd1ebc 00000001 c3c3fc00 c2dd1ef0 c2dd1ee4 c2dd1ec0 c008c6d8 c0076af4
1ec0: 00000021 00000040 c2dd1ef0 c3d77000 c3eaa000 00000000 c2dd1f6c c2dd1ee8
1ee0: c008d1bc c008c5f8 00000000 c2dd0000 c3c0c320 c3805b38 c002064c 0001f820
1f00: 0001f810 00000001 00000001 00000000 c2dd0000 00000000 c2dd1f34 c2dd1f28
1f20: c005ead8 c005e6f8 c2dd1f44 c2dd1f38 c005eaf8 c005ead0 c2dd1f6c c2dd1f48
1f40: c008ae3c 00000000 c3d77000 0001f810 c0ed0021 c0020ca8 c2dd0000 00000000
1f60: c2dd1fa4 c2dd1f70 c008d2d4 c008d0bc 00000000 0001f810 c2dd1f9c c3eaa000
1f80: c3d17000 00000000 00000000 be8b6aa8 be8b6ad0 00000015 00000000 c2dd1fa8
1fa0: c0020b00 c008d254 00000000 be8b6aa8 0001f810 0001f820 0001f830 c0ed0021
1fc0: 00000000 be8b6aa8 be8b6ad0 00000015 00000000 be8b6ad0 0001f810 be8b6aa8
1fe0: 0001f810 be8b6964 0000aab8 40125124 60000010 0001f810 00000000 00000000
Backtrace:
[<c00bbf14>] (nfs_remount+0x0/0x264) from [<c0076c40>] (do_remount_sb+0x158/0x194)
r9:c3d17000 r8:c3c3fc40 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:c3c3fc00
r4:00000000
[<c0076ae8>] (do_remount_sb+0x0/0x194) from [<c008c6d8>] (do_remount+0xec/0x118)
r6:c2dd1ef0 r5:c3c3fc00 r4:00000001
[<c008c5ec>] (do_remount+0x0/0x118) from [<c008d1bc>] (do_mount+0x10c/0x198)
[<c008d0b0>] (do_mount+0x0/0x198) from [<c008d2d4>] (sys_mount+0x8c/0xd4)
[<c008d248>] (sys_mount+0x0/0xd4) from [<c0020b00>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x2c)
r7:00000015 r6:be8b6ad0 r5:be8b6aa8 r4:00000000
Code: 0a000086 ea000006 e3530003 8a000004 (e5923000)
---[ end trace 55e1b689cf8c8a6a ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: at kernel/exit.c:966 do_exit+0x3c/0x628()
Modules linked in: cpufreq_powersave cpufreq_ondemand cpufreq_userspace cpufreq_conservative ext3 jbd sd_mod pata_pcmcia libata scsi_mod pcmcia loop firmware_class pxafb cfbcopyarea cfbimgblt cfbfillrect pxa2xx_cs pxa2xx_core pcmcia_core snd_pxa2xx_ac97 snd_ac97_codec ac97_bus snd_pxa2xx_pcm snd_pcm_oss snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd isp116x_hcd soundcore rtc_sa1100 snd_page_alloc pxa25x_udc usbcore rtc_ds1307 rtc_core
[<c0025168>] (dump_stack+0x0/0x14) from [<c0032154>] (warn_on_slowpath+0x4c/0x68)
[<c0032108>] (warn_on_slowpath+0x0/0x68) from [<c003531c>] (do_exit+0x3c/0x628)
r6:0000000b r5:c3c3dc80 r4:c2dd0000
[<c00352e0>] (do_exit+0x0/0x628) from [<c0025004>] (die+0x2b0/0x30c)
[<c0024d54>] (die+0x0/0x30c) from [<c00270bc>] (__do_kernel_fault+0x6c/0x80)
[<c0027050>] (__do_kernel_fault+0x0/0x80) from [<c00272e0>] (do_page_fault+0x210/0x230)
r7:c3fa7118 r6:c3c3dc80 r5:c3d166a8 r4:00010000
[<c00270d0>] (do_page_fault+0x0/0x230) from [<c00201ec>] (do_DataAbort+0x3c/0xa0)
[<c00201b0>] (do_DataAbort+0x0/0xa0) from [<c002064c>] (__dabt_svc+0x4c/0x60)
Exception stack(0xc2dd1e28 to 0xc2dd1e70)
1e20: c3c3fc00 c2dd1e9c 00000000 00000003 00000000 c3d2b200
1e40: 00000000 00000000 c3c3fc40 c3d17000 00000040 c2dd1e94 c2dd1e98 c2dd1e70
1e60: c0076c40 c00bbf54 60000013 ffffffff
r8:c3c3fc40 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:c2dd1e5c r4:ffffffff
[<c00bbf14>] (nfs_remount+0x0/0x264) from [<c0076c40>] (do_remount_sb+0x158/0x194)
r9:c3d17000 r8:c3c3fc40 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:c3c3fc00
r4:00000000
[<c0076ae8>] (do_remount_sb+0x0/0x194) from [<c008c6d8>] (do_remount+0xec/0x118)
r6:c2dd1ef0 r5:c3c3fc00 r4:00000001
[<c008c5ec>] (do_remount+0x0/0x118) from [<c008d1bc>] (do_mount+0x10c/0x198)
[<c008d0b0>] (do_mount+0x0/0x198) from [<c008d2d4>] (sys_mount+0x8c/0xd4)
[<c008d248>] (sys_mount+0x0/0xd4) from [<c0020b00>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x2c)
r7:00000015 r6:be8b6ad0 r5:be8b6aa8 r4:00000000
---[ end trace 55e1b689cf8c8a6a ]---
/etc/rc6.d/S60umountroot: line 17: 1462 Segmentation fault mount $MOUNT_FORCE_OPT -n -o remount,ro -t dummytype dummydev / 2> /dev/null
The new super.c:nfs_remount function doesn't check the validity of the
options/options4 pointers. Unfortunately, this seems to happend.
The obvious patch seems to check the pointers, and not to do anything if
the happend to be NULL.
Tested on an XScale PXA255 system, latest git.
Regards,
M.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@altran.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2008-07-17 19:21:55 +08:00
|
|
|
if ((nfsvers == 4 && (!options4 || options4->version == 1)) ||
|
|
|
|
|
(nfsvers <= 3 && (!options || (options->version >= 1 &&
|
|
|
|
|
options->version <= 6))))
|
2008-06-11 03:38:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data = kzalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* fill out struct with values from existing mount */
|
|
|
|
|
data->flags = nfss->flags;
|
|
|
|
|
data->rsize = nfss->rsize;
|
|
|
|
|
data->wsize = nfss->wsize;
|
|
|
|
|
data->retrans = nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_retries;
|
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavors[0] = nfss->client->cl_auth->au_flavor;
|
|
|
|
|
data->acregmin = nfss->acregmin / HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
data->acregmax = nfss->acregmax / HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmin = nfss->acdirmin / HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
data->acdirmax = nfss->acdirmax / HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
data->timeo = 10U * nfss->client->cl_timeout->to_initval / HZ;
|
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen = nfss->nfs_client->cl_addrlen;
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(&data->nfs_server.address, &nfss->nfs_client->cl_addr,
|
|
|
|
|
data->nfs_server.addrlen);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* overwrite those values with any that were specified */
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_parse_mount_options((char *)options, data);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* compare new mount options with old ones */
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_compare_remount_data(nfss, data);
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* Initialise the common bits of the superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static inline void nfs_initialise_sb(struct super_block *sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_magic = NFS_SUPER_MAGIC;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* We probably want something more informative here */
|
|
|
|
|
snprintf(sb->s_id, sizeof(sb->s_id),
|
|
|
|
|
"%x:%x", MAJOR(sb->s_dev), MINOR(sb->s_dev));
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (sb->s_blocksize == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = nfs_block_bits(server->wsize,
|
|
|
|
|
&sb->s_blocksize_bits);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NOAC)
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_SYNCHRONOUS;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_super_set_maxbytes(sb, server->maxfilesize);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* Finish setting up an NFS2/3 superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-11 01:43:56 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_fill_super(struct super_block *sb,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize_bits = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->bsize)
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = nfs_block_size(data->bsize, &sb->s_blocksize_bits);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* The VFS shouldn't apply the umask to mode bits. We will do
|
|
|
|
|
* so ourselves when necessary.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_POSIXACL;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_op = &nfs_sops;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* Finish setting up a cloned NFS2/3 superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_clone_super(struct super_block *sb,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct super_block *old_sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize_bits = old_sb->s_blocksize_bits;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = old_sb->s_blocksize;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_maxbytes = old_sb->s_maxbytes;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_VER3) {
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* The VFS shouldn't apply the umask to mode bits. We will do
|
|
|
|
|
* so ourselves when necessary.
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_flags |= MS_POSIXACL;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_op = old_sb->s_op;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
#define NFS_MS_MASK (MS_RDONLY|MS_NOSUID|MS_NODEV|MS_NOEXEC|MS_SYNCHRONOUS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_compare_mount_options(const struct super_block *s, const struct nfs_server *b, int flags)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
const struct nfs_server *a = s->s_fs_info;
|
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_clnt *clnt_a = a->client;
|
|
|
|
|
const struct rpc_clnt *clnt_b = b->client;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((s->s_flags & NFS_MS_MASK) != (flags & NFS_MS_MASK))
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->nfs_client != b->nfs_client)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->flags != b->flags)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->wsize != b->wsize)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->rsize != b->rsize)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->acregmin != b->acregmin)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->acregmax != b->acregmax)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->acdirmin != b->acdirmin)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (a->acdirmax != b->acdirmax)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
|
|
|
|
if (clnt_a->cl_auth->au_flavor != clnt_b->cl_auth->au_flavor)
|
|
|
|
|
goto Ebusy;
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
Ebusy:
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata {
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
|
int mntflags;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_set_super(struct super_block *s, void *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata *sb_mntdata = data;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = sb_mntdata->server;
|
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s->s_flags = sb_mntdata->mntflags;
|
|
|
|
|
s->s_fs_info = server;
|
|
|
|
|
ret = set_anon_super(s, server);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
server->s_dev = s->s_dev;
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 03:57:38 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_compare_super_address(struct nfs_server *server1,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server2)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sap1, *sap2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sap1 = (struct sockaddr *)&server1->nfs_client->cl_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
sap2 = (struct sockaddr *)&server2->nfs_client->cl_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sap1->sa_family != sap2->sa_family)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (sap1->sa_family) {
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin1 = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap1;
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *sin2 = (struct sockaddr_in *)sap2;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sin1->sin_addr.s_addr != sin2->sin_addr.s_addr)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sin1->sin_port != sin2->sin_port)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
case AF_INET6: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin1 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap1;
|
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in6 *sin2 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sap2;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ipv6_addr_equal(&sin1->sin6_addr, &sin2->sin6_addr))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sin1->sin6_port != sin2->sin6_port)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_compare_super(struct super_block *sb, void *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata *sb_mntdata = data;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = sb_mntdata->server, *old = NFS_SB(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
int mntflags = sb_mntdata->mntflags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-12-11 03:57:38 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_compare_super_address(old, server))
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note: NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED == NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED */
|
|
|
|
|
if (old->flags & NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (memcmp(&old->fsid, &server->fsid, sizeof(old->fsid)) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return nfs_compare_mount_options(sb, server, mntflags);
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_bdi_register(struct nfs_server *server)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return bdi_register_dev(&server->backing_dev_info, server->s_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data = kzalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
mntfh = kzalloc(sizeof(*mntfh), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (data == NULL || mntfh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_fh;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
security_init_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Validate the mount data */
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
error = nfs_validate_mount_data(raw_data, data, mntfh, dev_name);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
2007-07-02 00:12:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a volume representation */
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
server = nfs_create_server(data, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
s = sget(fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_fill_super(s, data);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs_get_root(s, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
error = security_sb_set_mnt_opts(s, &data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_root;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_sb = s;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_root = mntroot;
|
2007-07-02 00:12:35 +08:00
|
|
|
error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.hostname);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->mount_server.hostname);
|
|
|
|
|
security_free_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
|
out_free_fh:
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(mntfh);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return error;
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
error_splat_root:
|
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
|
|
|
|
up_write(&s->s_umount);
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(s);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:35 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Destroy an NFS2/3 superblock
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs_kill_super(struct super_block *s)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
bdi_unregister(&server->backing_dev_info);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
kill_anon_super(s);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Clone an NFS2/3 server record on xdev traversal (FSID-change)
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs_xdev_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data,
|
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs_xdev_get_sb()\n");
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* create a new volume representation */
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_clone_server(NFS_SB(data->sb), data->fh, data->fattr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_noserver;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 08:06:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2006-08-23 08:06:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_clone_super(s, data->sb);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs_get_root(s, data->fh);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-03 02:28:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (mntroot->d_inode->i_op != NFS_SB(s)->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dir_inode_ops) {
|
kernel BUG at fs/nfs/namespace.c:108! - can be triggered by bad server
Hi Trond,
I have discovered that the BUG_ON in nfs_follow_mountpoint:
BUG_ON(IS_ROOT(dentry));
can be triggered by a misbehaving server.
What happens is the client does a lookup and discoveres that the named
directory has a different fsid, so it initiates a mount.
It then performs a GETATTR on the mounted directory and gets a
different fsid again (due to a bug in the NFS server).
This causes nfs_follow_mountpoint to be called on the newly mounted
root, which triggers the BUG_ON.
To duplicate this, have a directory which contains some mountpoints,
and export that directory with the "crossmnt" flag using nfs-utils
1.1.1 (or 1.1.0 I think)
The GETATTR on the root of the mounted filesystem will return the
information for the top exportpoint, while a lookup will return the
correct information. This difference causes the NFS client to BUG.
I think the best way to fix this is to trap this possibility early, so
just before completing the mount in the NFS client, check that it isn't
going to use nfs_mountpoint_inode_operations.
As long as i_op will never change once set (is that true?), this
should be adequately safe.
The following patch shows a possible approach, and it works for me.
i.e. when the NFS server is misbehaving, I get ESTALE on those
mountpoints, while when the NFS server is working correctly, I get
correct behaviour on the client.
NeilBrown
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2007-11-01 13:50:20 +08:00
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
error = -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_sb = s;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_root = mntroot;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
/* clone any lsm security options from the parent to the new sb */
|
|
|
|
|
security_sb_clone_mnt_opts(data->sb, s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_xdev_get_sb() = 0\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2006-08-23 08:06:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_noserver:
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_xdev_get_sb() = %d [error]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
|
|
|
|
up_write(&s->s_umount);
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(s);
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs_xdev_get_sb() = %d [splat]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* Finish setting up a cloned NFS4 superblock
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static void nfs4_clone_super(struct super_block *sb,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct super_block *old_sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize_bits = old_sb->s_blocksize_bits;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_blocksize = old_sb->s_blocksize;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_maxbytes = old_sb->s_maxbytes;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_op = old_sb->s_op;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Set up an NFS4 superblock
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_fill_super(struct super_block *sb)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
sb->s_time_gran = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
sb->s_op = &nfs4_sops;
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_initialise_sb(sb);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Validate NFSv4 mount options
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_validate_mount_data(void *options,
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *args,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name)
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in *ap;
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs4_mount_data *data = (struct nfs4_mount_data *)options;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
char *c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
args->rsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
args->wsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
|
2008-06-27 05:47:12 +08:00
|
|
|
args->acregmin = NFS_DEF_ACREGMIN;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acregmax = NFS_DEF_ACREGMAX;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmin = NFS_DEF_ACDIRMIN;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmax = NFS_DEF_ACDIRMAX;
|
2008-03-15 02:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.port = NFS_PORT; /* 2049 unless user set port= */
|
2008-06-25 04:33:54 +08:00
|
|
|
args->auth_flavors[0] = RPC_AUTH_UNIX;
|
|
|
|
|
args->auth_flavor_len = 0;
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (data->version) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 1:
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
ap = (struct sockaddr_in *)&args->nfs_server.address;
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->host_addrlen > sizeof(args->nfs_server.address))
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->host_addrlen == 0)
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
2007-12-11 03:59:28 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.addrlen = data->host_addrlen;
|
|
|
|
|
if (copy_from_user(ap, data->host_addr, data->host_addrlen))
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EFAULT;
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address((struct sockaddr *)
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.address))
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-25 04:33:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (data->auth_flavourlen) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (data->auth_flavourlen > 1)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_inval_auth;
|
2007-09-21 08:23:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (copy_from_user(&args->auth_flavors[0],
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
data->auth_flavours,
|
2007-09-21 08:23:51 +08:00
|
|
|
sizeof(args->auth_flavors[0])))
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EFAULT;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = strndup_user(data->hostname.data, NFS4_MAXNAMLEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(c))
|
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(c);
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.hostname = c;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = strndup_user(data->mnt_path.data, NFS4_MAXPATHLEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(c))
|
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(c);
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.export_path = c;
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS: MNTPATH: '%s'\n", c);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = strndup_user(data->client_addr.data, 16);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(c))
|
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(c);
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
args->client_address = c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Translate to nfs_parsed_mount_data, which nfs4_fill_super
|
|
|
|
|
* can deal with.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
args->flags = data->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_FLAGMASK;
|
|
|
|
|
args->rsize = data->rsize;
|
|
|
|
|
args->wsize = data->wsize;
|
|
|
|
|
args->timeo = data->timeo;
|
|
|
|
|
args->retrans = data->retrans;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acregmin = data->acregmin;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acregmax = data->acregmax;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmin = data->acdirmin;
|
|
|
|
|
args->acdirmax = data->acdirmax;
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.protocol = data->proto;
|
2008-07-03 02:43:47 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_validate_transport_protocol(args);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
default: {
|
2008-06-24 00:36:37 +08:00
|
|
|
int status;
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nfs_parse_mount_options((char *)options, args) == 0)
|
2007-07-02 00:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!nfs_verify_server_address((struct sockaddr *)
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.address))
|
2007-07-02 00:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-27 05:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_set_port((struct sockaddr *)&args->nfs_server.address,
|
|
|
|
|
args->nfs_server.port);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-07-03 02:43:47 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_validate_transport_protocol(args);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-25 04:33:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (args->auth_flavor_len > 1)
|
2007-07-02 00:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_inval_auth;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-11 01:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (args->client_address == NULL)
|
2007-07-18 23:28:43 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_no_client_address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-06-24 00:36:37 +08:00
|
|
|
status = nfs_parse_devname(dev_name,
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.hostname,
|
|
|
|
|
NFS4_MAXNAMLEN,
|
|
|
|
|
&args->nfs_server.export_path,
|
|
|
|
|
NFS4_MAXPATHLEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (status < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return status;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_no_data:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: mount program didn't pass any mount data\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_inval_auth:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: Invalid number of RPC auth flavours %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
data->auth_flavourlen);
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_no_address:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: mount program didn't pass remote address\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
2007-07-18 23:28:43 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_no_client_address:
|
|
|
|
|
dfprintk(MOUNT, "NFS4: mount program didn't pass callback address\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Get the superblock for an NFS4 mountpoint
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type,
|
|
|
|
|
int flags, const char *dev_name, void *raw_data, struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh *mntfh;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
int error = -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
data = kzalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
mntfh = kzalloc(sizeof(*mntfh), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (data == NULL || mntfh == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_free_fh;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
security_init_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-03-06 03:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Validate the mount data */
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
error = nfs4_validate_mount_data(raw_data, data, dev_name);
|
2007-07-02 00:13:01 +08:00
|
|
|
if (error < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a volume representation */
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
server = nfs4_create_server(data, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:30 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
s = sget(fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_free;
|
2006-06-24 20:41:41 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-08-24 13:03:05 +08:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
2006-08-24 13:03:05 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
|
nfs4_fill_super(s);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs4_get_root(s, mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
error = security_sb_set_mnt_opts(s, &data->lsm_opts);
|
2008-05-03 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_root;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_sb = s;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_root = mntroot;
|
2007-07-02 00:12:30 +08:00
|
|
|
error = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
2008-06-20 02:20:11 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree(data->client_address);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.export_path);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(data->nfs_server.hostname);
|
|
|
|
|
security_free_mnt_opts(&data->lsm_opts);
|
|
|
|
|
out_free_fh:
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(mntfh);
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(data);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:30 +08:00
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
out_free:
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:30 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-05-03 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
error_splat_root:
|
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
|
|
|
|
up_write(&s->s_umount);
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(s);
|
2007-07-02 00:12:30 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void nfs4_kill_super(struct super_block *sb)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server = NFS_SB(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_return_all_delegations(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
kill_anon_super(sb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfs4_renewd_prepare_shutdown(server);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
* Clone an NFS4 server record on xdev traversal (FSID-change)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static int nfs4_xdev_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data,
|
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
|
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_xdev_get_sb()\n");
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* create a new volume representation */
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs_clone_server(NFS_SB(data->sb), data->fh, data->fattr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_noserver;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2008-10-17 22:44:37 +08:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs4_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
|
nfs4_clone_super(s, data->sb);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs4_get_root(s, data->fh);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-03 02:28:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (mntroot->d_inode->i_op != NFS_SB(s)->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dir_inode_ops) {
|
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
error = -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_sb = s;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_root = mntroot;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-03 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
security_sb_clone_mnt_opts(data->sb, s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_xdev_get_sb() = 0\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_noserver:
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_xdev_get_sb() = %d [error]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
|
|
|
|
up_write(&s->s_umount);
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(s);
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_xdev_get_sb() = %d [splat]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Create an NFS4 server record on referral traversal
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int nfs4_referral_get_sb(struct file_system_type *fs_type, int flags,
|
|
|
|
|
const char *dev_name, void *raw_data,
|
|
|
|
|
struct vfsmount *mnt)
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_clone_mount *data = raw_data;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
struct super_block *s;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_server *server;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dentry *mntroot;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nfs_fh mntfh;
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
int (*compare_super)(struct super_block *, void *) = nfs_compare_super;
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
struct nfs_sb_mountdata sb_mntdata = {
|
|
|
|
|
.mntflags = flags,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("--> nfs4_referral_get_sb()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* create a new volume representation */
|
|
|
|
|
server = nfs4_create_referral_server(data, &mntfh);
|
|
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(server)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(server);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_noserver;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-08-31 22:45:17 +08:00
|
|
|
sb_mntdata.server = server;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2007-05-17 04:53:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (server->flags & NFS4_MOUNT_UNSHARED)
|
|
|
|
|
compare_super = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Get a superblock - note that we may end up sharing one that already exists */
|
2008-10-17 22:44:37 +08:00
|
|
|
s = sget(&nfs4_fs_type, compare_super, nfs_set_super, &sb_mntdata);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(s);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_err_nosb;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->s_fs_info != server) {
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
server = NULL;
|
2008-04-30 15:54:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
error = nfs_bdi_register(server);
|
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!s->s_root) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* initial superblock/root creation */
|
|
|
|
|
nfs4_fill_super(s);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-03 06:46:09 +08:00
|
|
|
mntroot = nfs4_get_root(s, &mntfh);
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(mntroot)) {
|
|
|
|
|
error = PTR_ERR(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-01-03 02:28:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (mntroot->d_inode->i_op != NFS_SB(s)->nfs_client->rpc_ops->dir_inode_ops) {
|
|
|
|
|
dput(mntroot);
|
|
|
|
|
error = -ESTALE;
|
|
|
|
|
goto error_splat_super;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s->s_flags |= MS_ACTIVE;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_sb = s;
|
|
|
|
|
mnt->mnt_root = mntroot;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-03 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
security_sb_clone_mnt_opts(data->sb, s);
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = 0\n");
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_nosb:
|
|
|
|
|
nfs_free_server(server);
|
|
|
|
|
out_err_noserver:
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = %d [error]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error_splat_super:
|
|
|
|
|
up_write(&s->s_umount);
|
|
|
|
|
deactivate_super(s);
|
|
|
|
|
dprintk("<-- nfs4_referral_get_sb() = %d [splat]\n", error);
|
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
NFS: Split fs/nfs/inode.c
As fs/nfs/inode.c is rather large, heterogenous and unwieldy, the attached
patch splits it up into a number of files:
(*) fs/nfs/inode.c
Strictly inode specific functions.
(*) fs/nfs/super.c
Superblock management functions for NFS and NFS4, normal access, clones
and referrals. The NFS4 superblock functions _could_ move out into a
separate conditionally compiled file, but it's probably not worth it as
there're so many common bits.
(*) fs/nfs/namespace.c
Some namespace-specific functions have been moved here.
(*) fs/nfs/nfs4namespace.c
NFS4-specific namespace functions (this could be merged into the previous
file). This file is conditionally compiled.
(*) fs/nfs/internal.h
Inter-file declarations, plus a few simple utility functions moved from
fs/nfs/inode.c.
Additionally, all the in-.c-file externs have been moved here, and those
files they were moved from now includes this file.
For the most part, the functions have not been changed, only some multiplexor
functions have changed significantly.
I've also:
(*) Added some extra banner comments above some functions.
(*) Rearranged the function order within the files to be more logical and
better grouped (IMO), though someone may prefer a different order.
(*) Reduced the number of #ifdefs in .c files.
(*) Added missing __init and __exit directives.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
2006-06-09 21:34:33 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID
The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same
server and FSID over the same protocol.
It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the
real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set
starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its
inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have.
We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at
some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem
activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous
root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate
point.
Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to
indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired
directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons:
(1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client.
With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get
the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for
anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS
inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to
have ghost inodes or something).
With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles
from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't
actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go.
(2) Inaccessible symbolic links.
If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg:
mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm
mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn
We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy,
but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same
directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for
example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to
/warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to
the server until /warthog is made available by NFS.
This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we
can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when
it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently
hardlinked directory.
With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry
for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its
place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place.
This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for
inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the
number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being
used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example).
This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it
can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in
separate superblocks to the same cache file.
Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still
be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the
cache.
This patch makes the following changes:
(1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into
its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have
been moved into fs/nfs/client.c.
All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of
connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the
remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management.
(2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered:
(a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated.
(b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be
allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS
version.
(c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state
member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during
initialisation from two mounts.
(d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find
the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we
are given the root FH in advance.
(e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH.
(f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record
retrieved on the root FH.
(g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or
shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID.
(h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised.
(i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is
discarded.
(j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH.
(k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount.
(3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir()
returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate
roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in
the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops).
The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus
permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus
avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same
directory.
(4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which
is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug.
(5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts.
(6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs
statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a
dummy).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 08:06:13 +08:00
|
|
|
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
|
![](/avatar/511417582bfa18e9a88da2ada8339d64?size=36 "\\"Talpey, Thomas\"){kind=small}
